blob: 8197235a37206885199b308bcadd419bb2cccf14 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
121
122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000124
125
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000377 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
378
379 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
380 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
381 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
382 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
383 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
384 purpose.
385
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
387
388 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
389 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
390 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
391
392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
393 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
394
395 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
396 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
397
398 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
399 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
400 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
401 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
402
403 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
404 this erratum.
405
406 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
407
408 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
409 according to the A004510 workaround.
410
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000411- Generic CPU options:
412 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
413
414 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
415 values is arch specific.
416
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100417- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200418 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100419
420 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
421 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
422 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
423
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200424 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200425
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100426 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
427 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200428 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100429 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200430
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200431- MIPS CPU options:
432 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
433
434 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
435 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
436 relocation.
437
438 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
439
440 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
441 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
442 Possible values are:
443 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
444 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
445 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
446 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
447 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
448 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
449 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
450 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
451
452 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
453
454 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
455 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
456
457 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
458
459 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
460 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
461 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
462
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000463- ARM options:
464 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
465
466 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
467 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
468
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000469 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
470
471 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
472 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
473 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
474 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
475 GCC.
476
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000477- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000478 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
479
480 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
481 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
482 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
483 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
484 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
485 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
486 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000487 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100488 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000489 default environment.
490
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000491 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
492
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200493 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000494 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
495 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
496
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400497 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200498
499 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400500 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
501 concepts).
502
503 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
504 * New libfdt-based support
505 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500506 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400507
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200508 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
509 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
510 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
511 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200512 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600513 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200514
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200515 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
516 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500517
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600518 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
519
520 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
521 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000522
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500523 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
524
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200525 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500526 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
527
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200528 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
529
530 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
531 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
532 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
533 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
534 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
535 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
536
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000537 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
538
539 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
540 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
541 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
542 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
543 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
544 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
545 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
546
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100547- vxWorks boot parameters:
548
549 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
550 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
551 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
552
553 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
554 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
555 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
556 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
557
558 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
559
560 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
561
562 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
563 the defaults discussed just above.
564
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000565- Cache Configuration:
566 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
567 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
568 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
569
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000570- Cache Configuration for ARM:
571 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
572 controller
573 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
574 controller register space
575
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000576- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200577 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000578
579 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
580
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200581 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000582
583 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
584
585 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
586
587 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
588 the clock speed of the UARTs.
589
590 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
591
592 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
593 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
594 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
595
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000596 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
597
598 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
599 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
600 this variable to initialize the extra register.
601
602 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
603
604 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
605 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
606 variable to flush the UART at init time.
607
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000608
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000609- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000610 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
611 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
612 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
613 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000614
615 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
616 port routines must be defined elsewhere
617 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
618
619 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
620 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000621 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000622 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
623 (default big endian)
624 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
625 rectangle fill
626 (cf. smiLynxEM)
627 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
628 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
629 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
630 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000631 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
632 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000633 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
634 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000635 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000636 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
637 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
638 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
639 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
640 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
641 (i.e. i8042_getc)
642 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
643 (requires blink timer
644 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200645 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000646 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
647 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500648 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000649 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
650 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000651 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
652 linux_logo.h for logo.
653 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000654 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200655 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000656 the logo
657
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000658 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
659 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
660 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000661
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000662 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
663 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
664 the "silent" environment variable. See
665 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000666
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000667- Console Baudrate:
668 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
669 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200670 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
671 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000672
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100673- Console Rx buffer length
674 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
675 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100676 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100677 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
678 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
679 the SMC.
680
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000681- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200682 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
683 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
684 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
685 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
686 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
687 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
688 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200689 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200690 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000691
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200692 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
693 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000694
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000695- Safe printf() functions
696 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
697 the printf() functions. These are defined in
698 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
699 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
700 If this option is not given then these functions will
701 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
702 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
703
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
705 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
706 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
707
708 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
709 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
710 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
711 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
712 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
713 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
714 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
715 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
716 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
717 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
718 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
719 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
720
721- Autoboot Command:
722 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
723 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
724 define a command string that is automatically executed
725 when no character is read on the console interface
726 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
727
728 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000729 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
730 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
731 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000732
733 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000734 The value of these goes into the environment as
735 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
736 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200737 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000738
739- Pre-Boot Commands:
740 CONFIG_PREBOOT
741
742 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
743 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
744 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
745 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
746 entering interactive mode.
747
748 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
749 automatically generated or modified. For an example
750 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
751 modified when the user holds down a certain
752 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
753 booting the systems
754
755- Serial Download Echo Mode:
756 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
757 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
758 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
759 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
760 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
761 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
762 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
763
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500764- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000765 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
766 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200767 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000768
769- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500770 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
771 from the build by using the #include files
772 "config_cmd_all.h" and #undef'ing unwanted
773 commands, or using "config_cmd_default.h"
774 and augmenting with additional #define's
775 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000776
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500777 The default command configuration includes all commands
778 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000779
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500780 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500781 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
782 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
783 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
784 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
785 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
786 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
787 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500788 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500789 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
790 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
791 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600792 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
793 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
794 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
795 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500796 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
797 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500798 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500799 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
800 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500801 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500802 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500803 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
804 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
805 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
806 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
807 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500808 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000809 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500810 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
811 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
812 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
813 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
814 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
815 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500816 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500817 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
818 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
819 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
820 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500821 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000822 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
823 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
825 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400826 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
827 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500828 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
829 loop, loopw, mtest
830 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
831 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
832 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100833 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500834 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
835 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600836 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000837 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500838 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
839 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
840 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
841 host
842 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
843 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
844 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
845 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
846 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
847 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
848 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
849 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
850 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700851 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100852 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400853 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200854 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500855 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000856 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000857 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Che-liang Chiouca366d02011-10-06 23:40:48 +0000858 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500859 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500860 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000861 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000862
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000863
864 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
865 support you can write:
866
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500867 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
868 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000869
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400870 Other Commands:
871 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000872
873 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500874 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000875 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
876 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
877 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
878 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
879 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
880 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000881
882
883 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
884
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000885- Device tree:
886 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
887 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
888 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
889 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
890 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
891 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
892
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000893 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
894 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000895
896 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
897 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
898 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
899 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
900 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
901 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000902
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000903 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
904 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
905 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
906 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
907
908 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
909
910 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
911 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
912 still use the individual files if you need something more
913 exotic.
914
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000915- Watchdog:
916 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
917 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000918 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
919 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
920 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
921 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
922 available, then no further board specific code should
923 be needed to use it.
924
925 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
926 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
927 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
928 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000929
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000930- U-Boot Version:
931 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
932 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
933 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
934 version as printed by the "version" command.
935 This variable is readonly.
936
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000937- Real-Time Clock:
938
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500939 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000940 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
941 following options:
942
943 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
944 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000945 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000946 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000947 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000948 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000949 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000950 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100951 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000952 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200953 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200954 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
955 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000956
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000957 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
958 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
959
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600960- GPIO Support:
961 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
962 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
963
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000964 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
965 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
966 pins supported by a particular chip.
967
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600968 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
969 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
970
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000971- Timestamp Support:
972
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000973 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
974 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
975 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500976 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000977
978- Partition Support:
979 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION
richardretanubun07f3d782008-09-26 11:13:22 -0400980 and/or CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000981
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100982 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
983 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
984 least one partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000985
986- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000987 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
988 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000989
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000990 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
991 be performed by calling the function
992 ide_set_reset(int reset)
993 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000994
995- ATAPI Support:
996 CONFIG_ATAPI
997
998 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
999
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001000- LBA48 Support
1001 CONFIG_LBA48
1002
1003 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001004 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001005 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1006 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1007
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001008 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001009 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1010 Default is 32bit.
1011
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001012- SCSI Support:
1013 At the moment only there is only support for the
1014 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1015 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1016
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001017 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1018 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1019 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001020 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1021 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001022 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001023
1024- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001025 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001026 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1027
1028 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1029 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1030 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1031 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1032
1033 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1034 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1035 example with the "sspi" command.
1036
1037 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1038 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1039 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001040
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001041 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001042 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001043
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001044 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1045 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001046 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001047 write routine for first time initialisation.
1048
1049 CONFIG_TULIP
1050 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1051 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1052 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1053
1054 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1055 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1056
1057 CONFIG_NS8382X
1058 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1059
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001060- NETWORK Support (other):
1061
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001062 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1063 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1064
1065 CONFIG_RMII
1066 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1067
1068 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1069 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1070 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1071
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001072 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1073 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1074
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001075 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
1076 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1077
1078 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1079 Define this to hold the physical address
1080 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1081
1082 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1083 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1084
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001085 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
1086 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1087
1088 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1089 Define this to hold the physical address
1090 of the device (I/O space)
1091
1092 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1093 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1094
1095 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1096 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1097 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1098
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001099 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1100 Support for davinci emac
1101
1102 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1103 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1104
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001105 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1106 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1107
1108 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1109 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1110 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1111 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1112 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1113 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1114 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1115 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1116
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001117 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001118 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1119
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001120 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001121 Define this to hold the physical address
1122 of the device (I/O space)
1123
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001124 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001125 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1126
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001127 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001128 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1129 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001130 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001131
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001132 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1133 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1134
1135 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1136 Define the number of ports to be used
1137
1138 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1139 Define the ETH PHY's address
1140
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001141 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1142 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1143
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001144- TPM Support:
1145 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1146 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1147 per system is supported at this time.
1148
1149 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1150 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1151 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1152 0xfed40000.
1153
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001154- USB Support:
1155 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001156 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001157 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1158 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001159 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001160 storage devices.
1161 Note:
1162 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1163 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001164 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1165 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1166 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001167 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1168 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001169 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1170 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1171 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001172 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1173 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001174 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001175 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1176 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001177
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001178 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1179 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1180
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001181- USB Device:
1182 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1183 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1184 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001185 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001186 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1187 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001188 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001189 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1190 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1191 a Linux host by
1192 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1193 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1194 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1195 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001196
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001197 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1198 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001199
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001200 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1201 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1202 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001203
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301204 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1205 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1206 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1207 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1208 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1209 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1210 speed.
1211
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001212 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001213 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1214 be set to usbtty.
1215
1216 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001217 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001218 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001219 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001221 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001222 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001223 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001224
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001225 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001226 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001227 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001228 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1229 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1230 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1231
1232 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1233 Define this string as the name of your company for
1234 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001235
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001236 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1237 Define this string as the name of your product
1238 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1239
1240 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1241 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1242 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1243 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1244 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001245
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001246 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1247 Define this as the unique Product ID
1248 for your device
1249 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001250
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001251- ULPI Layer Support:
1252 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1253 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1254 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1255 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1256 viewport is supported.
1257 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1258 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001259
1260- MMC Support:
1261 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1262 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1263 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1264 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001265 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1266 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001267
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001268 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1269 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1270
1271 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1272 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1273
1274 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1275 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1276
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001277- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1278 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1279 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1280 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1281
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001282 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1283 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001284 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1285
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001286 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001287 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1288 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1289
1290 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001291 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001292 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1293 have not defined a custom partition
1294
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001295- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1296 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001297
1298 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1299 file in FAT formatted partition.
1300
1301 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1302 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001303
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001304- Keyboard Support:
1305 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1306
1307 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1308 support
1309
1310 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1311 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1312 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1313 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1314 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1315
1316- Video support:
1317 CONFIG_VIDEO
1318
1319 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1320 video).
1321
1322 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1323
1324 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1325
1326 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001327 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001328 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1329 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1330 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001331
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001332 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001333 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001334 are possible:
1335 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001336 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001337
1338 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1339 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1340 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1341 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1342 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1343 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1344 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001345 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1346
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001347 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001348 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001349
1350
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001351 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001352 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001353 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1354 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1355
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001356 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001357 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001358 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1359 support, and should also define these other macros:
1360
1361 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1362 CONFIG_VIDEO
1363 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1364 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1365 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1366 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1367 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1368 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1369
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001370 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1371 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1372 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1373 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001374
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001375- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001376 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001377
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001378 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1379 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1380 defined in your board-specific files.
1381 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001382
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001383- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1384
1385 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1386 display); also select one of the supported displays
1387 by defining one of these:
1388
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001389 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1390
1391 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1392
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001393 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001394
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001395 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001396
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001397 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001398
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001399 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1400 Active, color, single scan.
1401
1402 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1403
1404 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001405 Active, color, single scan.
1406
1407 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1408
1409 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1410 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1411
1412 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1413
1414 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1415 Active, color, single scan.
1416
1417 CONFIG_HLD1045
1418
1419 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1420 Active, color, single scan.
1421
1422 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1423
1424 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1425 or
1426 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1427 or
1428 Hitachi SP14Q002
1429
1430 320x240. Black & white.
1431
1432 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001433 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001434
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001435- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001436
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001437 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1438 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1439 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001440 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001441 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1442 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1443 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1444 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001445
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001446 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1447
1448 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1449 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1450 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1451 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1452 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1453 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1454
1455 Example:
1456 setenv splashpos m,m
1457 => image at center of screen
1458
1459 setenv splashpos 30,20
1460 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1461
1462 setenv splashpos -10,m
1463 => vertically centered image
1464 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1465
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001466- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1467
1468 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1469 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1470 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1471
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001472- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1473
1474 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1475 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1476 bmp command.
1477
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001478- Compression support:
1479 CONFIG_BZIP2
1480
1481 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1482 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1483 compressed images are supported.
1484
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001485 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001486 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001487 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001488
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001489 CONFIG_LZMA
1490
1491 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1492 images is included.
1493
1494 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1495 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1496 formula:
1497
1498 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1499
1500 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1501 and Literal pos bits.
1502
1503 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1504 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1505 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1506 a very small buffer.
1507
1508 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1509 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001510 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001511
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001512- MII/PHY support:
1513 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1514
1515 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1516
1517 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1518
1519 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1520
1521 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1522
1523 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001524 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001525
1526 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1527
1528 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1529 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1530 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1531 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1532
1533 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1534
1535 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1536 command issued before MII status register can be read
1537
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001538- Ethernet address:
1539 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001540 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001541 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1542 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001543 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1544 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001545
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001546 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1547 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001548 is not determined automatically.
1549
1550- IP address:
1551 CONFIG_IPADDR
1552
1553 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001554 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001555 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001556 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001557
1558- Server IP address:
1559 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1560
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001561 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001562 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001563 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001564
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001565 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1566
1567 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1568 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1569
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001570- Gateway IP address:
1571 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1572
1573 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1574 default router where packets to other networks are
1575 sent to.
1576 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1577
1578- Subnet mask:
1579 CONFIG_NETMASK
1580
1581 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1582 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1583 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1584 forwarded through a router.
1585 (Environment variable "netmask")
1586
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001587- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1588 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1589
1590 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1591 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001592 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001593 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1594 multicast group.
1595
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001596- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1597 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1598
1599 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1600 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1601 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1602 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1603 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1604 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1605 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1606 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001607 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001608
1609 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1610 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1611 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1612 4th and following
1613 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1614
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001615- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001616 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1617 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001618
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001619 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1620 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1621 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1622 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1623 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1624 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1625 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1626 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1627 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1628 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1629 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1630 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001631 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001632
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001633 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1634 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001635
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001636 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1637 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1638 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1639 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1640 is not available.
1641
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001642 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1643 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1644 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1645 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1646 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1647 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1648 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001649 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001650
1651 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1652 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1653 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001654 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001655 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1656 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001657
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001658 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1659
1660 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1661 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1662 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1663 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1664 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1665 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1666 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1667 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1668 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1669 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1670 this delay.
1671
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001672 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1673 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1674 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1675 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1676 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1677
1678 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1679
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001680 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001681 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001682
1683 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1684
1685 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1686
1687 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1688 of the device.
1689
1690 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1691
1692 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1693 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001694 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001695
1696 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1697
1698 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1699 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1700
1701 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1702
1703 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1704
1705 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1706
1707 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1708
1709 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1710
1711 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1712
1713 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1714
1715 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1716 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1717
1718 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1719
1720 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1721
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001722- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1723
1724 Several configurations allow to display the current
1725 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1726 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1727 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1728 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1729 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1730 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1731 feature in U-Boot.
1732
1733- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1734
1735 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1736 on those systems that support this (optional)
1737 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1738
1739- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1740
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001741 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001742 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001743 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001744
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001745 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001746 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001747 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1748 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001749 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001750
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001751 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001752
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001753 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001754 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1755 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001756
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001757 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001758 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001759
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001760 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001761 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001762 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001763 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001764
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001765 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001766 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001767 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1768 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1769 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001770
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001771 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1772
1773 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1774 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1775 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1776 commands until the slave device responds.
1777
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001778 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001779
1780 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1781 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1782 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001783
1784 I2C_INIT
1785
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001786 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001787 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001788
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001789 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001790
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001791 I2C_PORT
1792
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001793 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1794 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1795 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001796
1797 I2C_ACTIVE
1798
1799 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1800 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1801 define can be null.
1802
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001803 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1804
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001805 I2C_TRISTATE
1806
1807 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1808 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1809 define can be null.
1810
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001811 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1812
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001813 I2C_READ
1814
1815 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1816 FALSE if it is low.
1817
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001818 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1819
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001820 I2C_SDA(bit)
1821
1822 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1823 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1824
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001825 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001826 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001827 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001828
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001829 I2C_SCL(bit)
1830
1831 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1832 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1833
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001834 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001835 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001836 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001837
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001838 I2C_DELAY
1839
1840 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1841 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001842 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001843 like:
1844
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001845 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001846
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001847 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1848
1849 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1850 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1851 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1852 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1853
1854 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1855 the generic GPIO functions.
1856
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001857 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001858
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001859 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1860 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1861 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1862 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1863 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1864 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1865 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1866 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001867
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001868 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1869
1870 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1871 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1872 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1873 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1874 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1875 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1876 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1877 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1878
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001879 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1880
1881 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1882 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1883 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1884
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001885 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1886
1887 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001888 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1889 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001890 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1891
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001892 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001893
1894 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001895 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001896 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1897 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001898
1899 e.g.
1900 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001901 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001902
1903 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1904
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001905 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001906 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001907
1908 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1909
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001910 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001911
1912 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1913 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1914
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001915 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001916
1917 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1918 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001920 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001921
1922 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1923 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1924
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001925 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001926
1927 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1928 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1929 specified DTT device.
1930
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001931 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1932
1933 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001934 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001935
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001936 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1937
1938 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1939 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1940 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1941 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1942 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1943 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1944
1945 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1946 feature!
1947
1948 Example:
1949 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1950 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1951 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
1952
1953 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
1954
1955 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
1956 of I2C Busses with muxes:
1957
1958 => i2c bus
1959 Busses reached over muxes:
1960 Bus ID: 2
1961 reached over Mux(es):
1962 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
1963 Bus ID: 3
1964 reached over Mux(es):
1965 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
1966 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
1967 =>
1968
1969 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001970 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
1971 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001972 the channel 4.
1973
1974 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001975 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001976 the 2 muxes.
1977
1978 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
1979 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
1980 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
1981 to add this option to other architectures.
1982
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001983 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1984
1985 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1986 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1987 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1988 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1989 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1990 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1991 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001992
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001993- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1994
1995 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1996 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1997 D/As on the SACSng board)
1998
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09001999 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2000
2001 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2002 only SH7757 is supported.
2003
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002004 CONFIG_SPI_X
2005
2006 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2007 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2008
2009 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2010
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002011 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2012 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2013 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2014 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2015 defined, the board configuration must define several
2016 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2017 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002018
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002019 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2020
2021 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2022 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2023 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002024 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002025 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2026
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002027 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2028
2029 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002030 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002031
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002032- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2033
2034 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2035
2036 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2037
2038 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2039 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2040
2041 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2042
2043 Enables support for FPGA family.
2044 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2045
2046 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002047
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002048 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002050 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002051
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002052 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002053
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002054 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002055
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002056 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2057 status by the configuration function. This option
2058 will require a board or device specific function to
2059 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002060
2061 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2062
2063 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2064 configuration driver.
2065
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002066 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002067 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2068
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002069 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002070
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002071 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2072 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2073 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2074 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002075
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002076 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002077
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002078 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2079 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2080 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002081 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002082
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002083 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002084
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002085 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002086 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002087
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002088 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002089
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002090 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002091 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002092
2093- Configuration Management:
2094 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2095
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002096 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2097 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002098
2099- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2100
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002101 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2102 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002103 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002104 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2105 protects these variables from casual modification by
2106 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2107 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002108 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002109
2110 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2111 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002112 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002113 these parameters.
2114
2115 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2116 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002117 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002118 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2119 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2120 read-only.]
2121
2122- Protected RAM:
2123 CONFIG_PRAM
2124
2125 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2126 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2127 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2128 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2129 this default value by defining an environment
2130 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2131 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2132 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2133 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2134 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2135 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2136 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2137
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002138 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002139 saveenv
2140
2141 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2142 either, which results in a memory region that will
2143 not be affected by reboots.
2144
2145 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2146 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2147 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2148 following board configurations are known to be
2149 "pRAM-clean":
2150
2151 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2152 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002153 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002154
2155- Error Recovery:
2156 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2157
2158 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2159 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2160 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002161 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002162 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2163 useful during development since you can try to debug
2164 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2165
2166 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2167
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002168 This variable defines the number of retries for
2169 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2170 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2171 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002172
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002173 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2174
2175 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2176
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002177 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2178
2179 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2180 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2181 try longer timeout such as
2182 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2183
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002184- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002185 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002186
2187 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2188
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002189 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2190 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002191
2192
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002193 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002194
2195 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2196 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2197 powerful command line syntax like
2198 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2199 constructs ("shell scripts").
2200
2201 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2202 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2203
2204
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002205 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002206
2207 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2208 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2209 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2210
2211 Note:
2212
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002213 In the current implementation, the local variables
2214 space and global environment variables space are
2215 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2216 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2217 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2218 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2219 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002220
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002221 Global environment variables are those you use
2222 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2223 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2224 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002225
2226 To store commands and special characters in a
2227 variable, please use double quotation marks
2228 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2229 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2230 symbols.
2231
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002232- Commandline Editing and History:
2233 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2234
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002235 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002236 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002237
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002238- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002239 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2240
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002241 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2242 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002243 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002244
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002245 For example, place something like this in your
2246 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002247
2248 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2249 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2250 "myvar2=value2\0"
2251
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002252 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2253 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2254 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2255 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002256 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002257 You better know what you are doing here.
2258
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002259 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2260 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002261 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002262 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002263
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002264 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2265
2266 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2267 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2268 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2269
2270 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2271
2272 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2273 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2274 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2275 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2276 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2277
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002278- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002279 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2280
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002281 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2282 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2283 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002284
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002285- Serial Flash support
2286 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2287
2288 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2289 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2290
2291 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2292 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2293 commands.
2294
2295 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2296 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2297 flash is present on the system.
2298
2299 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2300 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2301 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2302 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2303
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002304- SystemACE Support:
2305 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2306
2307 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2308 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002309 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002310 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002311
2312 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002313 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002314
2315 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2316 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2317
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002318- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2319 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2320
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002321 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002322 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002323 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002324 number generator is used.
2325
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002326 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2327 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2328 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2329
2330 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002331 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2332 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2333 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2334 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2335 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2336 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2337
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002338- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002339 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2340
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002341 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2342 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2343 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2344 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2345 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2346 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002347
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002348- Detailed boot stage timing
2349 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2350 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2351 of the boot process.
2352
2353 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2354 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2355 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2356 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2357 the limit, recording will stop.
2358
2359 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2360 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2361
2362 Timer summary in microseconds:
2363 Mark Elapsed Stage
2364 0 0 reset
2365 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2366 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2367 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2368 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2369 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2370 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2371 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2372
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002373Legacy uImage format:
2374
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002375 Arg Where When
2376 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002377 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002378 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002379 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002380 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002381 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002382 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2383 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2384 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002385 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002386 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2387 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2388 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2389 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002390 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002391 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002392
2393 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2394 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2395 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2396 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2397 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2398 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2399 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002400 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002401 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2402 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2403
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002404 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002405
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002406 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002407 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2408 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002409
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002410 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2411 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2412 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2413 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2414 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2415 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2416 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2417 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2418 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2419 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2420 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2421 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2422 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2423 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2424 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2425 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2426 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2427 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2428 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2429 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2430 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2431 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2432 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2433 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2434 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2435 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2436 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2437 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2438 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2439 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2440 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2441 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2442 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2443 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2444 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2445 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2446 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2447 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2448 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2449 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2450 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2451 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2452 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2453 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2454 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2455 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2456 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002457
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002458 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002459
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002460 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002461 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2462 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002463
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002464 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2465 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002466 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002467 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2468 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2469 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002470 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2471 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002472 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002473
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002474FIT uImage format:
2475
2476 Arg Where When
2477 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2478 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2479 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2480 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2481 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2482 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002483 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002484 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2485 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2486 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2487 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2488 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002489 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2490 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002491 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2492 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2493 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2494 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2495 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2496 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2497 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2498 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2499
2500 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2501 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2502 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002503 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002504 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2505 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2506 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2507 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2508 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2509 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2510 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2511 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2512 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2513 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2514 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2515 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2516
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002517 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002518 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2519
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002520 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002521 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2522
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002523 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002524 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2525
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002526- Standalone program support:
2527 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2528
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002529 This option defines a board specific value for the
2530 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2531 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002532 settings.
2533
2534- Frame Buffer Address:
2535 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2536
2537 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2538 address for frame buffer.
2539 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2540 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002541 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002542
2543 Please see board_init_f function.
2544
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002545- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2546 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2547 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2548 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2549
2550 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2551 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2552
2553- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2554 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2555
2556 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2557 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2558
2559 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2560
2561 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2562 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2563
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002564- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002565 CONFIG_SPL
2566 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002567
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002568 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2569 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2570
2571 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2572 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2573
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002574 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2575 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002576
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002577 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2578 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2579
2580 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2581 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2582
2583 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2584 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2585
2586 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2587 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2588
2589 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2590 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002591
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002592 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2593 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002594
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002595 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2596 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002597
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002598 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2599 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002600
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002601 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2602 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002603
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002604 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2605 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002606
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002607 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2608 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2609 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2610 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2611 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2612
2613 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2614 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2615
2616 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2617 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2618
2619 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2620 Support for drivers/mtd/nand/libnand.o in SPL binary
2621
2622 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2623 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2624 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2625 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2626 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2627 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
2628 to read U-Boot with CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2629
2630 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
2631 Location in NAND for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to read U-Boot
2632 from.
2633
2634 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
2635 Location in memory for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to load U-Boot
2636 to.
2637
2638 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2639 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2640 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2641
2642 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2643 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2644 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2645
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002646 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2647 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002648
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002649 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2650 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002651
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002652 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2653 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002654
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002655 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2656 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002657
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002658Modem Support:
2659--------------
2660
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002661[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002662
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002663- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002664 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2665
2666- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2667 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2668
2669- Modem debug support:
2670 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2671
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002672 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2673 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002674
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002675- Interrupt support (PPC):
2676
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002677 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2678 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002679 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002680 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002681 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002682 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002683 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002684 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2685 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2686 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002687
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002688- General:
2689
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002690 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2691 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2692 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002693 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002694 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2695 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2696 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002697
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002698 If there are no modem init strings in the
2699 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2700 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002701 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002702
2703 See also: doc/README.Modem
2704
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002705Board initialization settings:
2706------------------------------
2707
2708During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2709to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2710before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2711following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2712architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2713typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2714
2715- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2716- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2717- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2718- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002719
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002720Configuration Settings:
2721-----------------------
2722
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002723- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002724 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2725
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002726- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2727 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2728
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002729- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002730 prompt for user input.
2731
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002732- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002733
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002734- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002735
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002736- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002737
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002738- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002739 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2740 booted
2741
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002742- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002743 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2744
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002745- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002746 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002747
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002748- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002749 If the board specific function
2750 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2751 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002752 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2753
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002754- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002755 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002756
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002757- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002758 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2759
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002760- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002761 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2762 simple memory test.
2763
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002764- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002765 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002766
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002767- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002768 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2769 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2770
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002771- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2772 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002773 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002774 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002775 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2776 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2777 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002778 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002779 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002780 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002781
2782 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2783 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2784 be touched.
2785
2786 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2787 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2788 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2789 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2790 problems.
2791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002792- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002793 Default load address for network file downloads
2794
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002795- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002796 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2797
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002798- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002799 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2800
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002801- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002802 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2803 Cogent motherboard)
2804
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002805- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002806 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2807
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002808- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002809 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2810 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002811 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002812 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002813
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002814- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002815 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2816 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2817 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2818 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002819
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002820- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002821 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2822
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002823- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002824 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2825 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002826 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002827 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2828
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002829- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002830 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2831 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002832 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2833 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2834 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2835 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002836 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002837 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2838 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2839 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002840
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002841- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2842 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2843 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2844 is enabled.
2845
2846- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2847 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2848 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2849
2850- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2851 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2852 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2853
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002854- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002855 Max number of Flash memory banks
2856
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002857- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002858 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2859
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002860- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002861 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2862
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002863- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002864 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2865
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002866- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002867 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2868
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002869- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002870 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2871
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002872- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002873 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2874 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2875
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002876- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002877
2878 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2879 without this option such a download has to be
2880 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2881 copy from RAM to flash.
2882
2883 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2884 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002885 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2886 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002887 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2888
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002889- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002890 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002891 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2892
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002893- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002894 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2895 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002896
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002897- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2898 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2899 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2900 to the MTD layer.
2901
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002902- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002903 Use buffered writes to flash.
2904
2905- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2906 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2907 write commands.
2908
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002909- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002910 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2911 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2912 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2913 optionally available.
2914
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002915- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2916 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2917 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2918 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002920- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002921 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2922 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002923 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2924 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002925 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002926 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2927
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002928- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2929
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002930 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2931 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2932 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2933 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2934 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002935
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002936The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2937of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2938following configurations:
2939
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002940- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2941
2942 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2943 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2944
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002945- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002946
2947 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
2948
2949 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
2950 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
2951 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
2952 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
2953 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
2954 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
2955 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
2956 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
2957 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
2958 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
2959 between U-Boot and the environment.
2960
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002961 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002962
2963 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
2964 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
2965 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
2966 for this sector is given here.
2967
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002968 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002969
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002970 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002971
2972 This is just another way to specify the start address of
2973 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002974 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002975
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002976 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002977
2978 Size of the sector containing the environment.
2979
2980
2981 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
2982 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
2983 the environment.
2984
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002985 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002986
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002987 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002988 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002989 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
2990 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
2991
2992 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
2993 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
2994 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
2995 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
2996 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
2997 updating the environment in flash makes it always
2998 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
2999 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3000 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3001
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003002 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3003 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003004
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003005 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003006 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003007 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003008 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003009
3010BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3011source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3012accordingly!
3013
3014
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003015- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003016
3017 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3018 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3019 environment.
3020
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003021 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3022 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003023
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003024 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003025 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3026 can just be read and written to, without any special
3027 provision.
3028
3029BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3030in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003031console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003032U-Boot will hang.
3033
3034Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3035environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3036keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3037to save the current settings.
3038
3039
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003040- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003041
3042 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3043 device and a driver for it.
3044
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003045 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3046 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003047
3048 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3049 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3050
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003051 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003052 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3053 The default address is zero.
3054
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003055 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003056 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3057 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3058 would require six bits.
3059
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003060 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003061 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003062 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003063
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003064 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003065 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3066 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3067
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003068 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003069 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3070 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3071 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3072 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3073 byte chips.
3074
3075 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3076 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3077 in the chip address.
3078
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003079 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003080 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3081
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003082 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3083 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3084 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3085
3086 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3087 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3088 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3089 EEPROM. For example:
3090
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003091 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003092
3093 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3094 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003095
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003096- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003097
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003098 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003099 want to use for the environment.
3100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003101 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3102 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3103 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003104
3105 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3106 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3107 at the specified address.
3108
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003109- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3110
3111 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3112 want to use for the local device's environment.
3113
3114 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3115 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3116
3117 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3118 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3119 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003120 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003121
3122BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3123"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003124environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3125but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003126
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003127- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003128
3129 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3130 for the environment.
3131
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003132 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3133 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003134
3135 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003136 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3137 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003138
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003139 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003140
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003141 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003142 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3143 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003144 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003145 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003146
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003147 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3148
3149 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3150 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3151 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3152 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3153 the range to be avoided.
3154
3155 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3156
3157 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3158 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3159 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3160 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3161 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003162
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003163- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3164
3165 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3166 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3167 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003169- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003170
3171 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3172 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3173 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3174 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3175 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3176 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3177 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3178
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003179Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003180has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003181created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003182until then to read environment variables.
3183
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003184The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3185is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3186with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3187necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3188"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3189have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003190
3191Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3192the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003193use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003194
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003195- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003196 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003197
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003198 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003199 also needs to be defined.
3200
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003201- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003202 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003203
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003204- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3205 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3206 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3207 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3208 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3209 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3210
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003211Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003212---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003213
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003214- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003215 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3216
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003217- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003218 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003219
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003220 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3221 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3222 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003223
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003224- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3225 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3226 PowerPC SOCs.
3227
3228- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3229 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3230 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3231
3232 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3233 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3234
3235- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3236 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3237 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003238 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003239 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3240 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3241 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3242
3243 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3244 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3245
3246- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003247 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3248 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003249 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3250 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3251
3252- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3253 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3254 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3255 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3256
3257- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3258 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3259 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3260
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003261- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003262 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003263
3264 the default drive number (default value 0)
3265
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003266 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003267
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003268 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003269 (default value 1)
3270
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003271 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003272
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003273 defines the offset of register from address. It
3274 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003275 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003276
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003277 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3278 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003279 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003280
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003281 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003282 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3283 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3284 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3285 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003286
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003287- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3288 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3289 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3290 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3291 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3292 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3293 is requierd.
3294
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003295- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003296 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003297 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003298
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003299- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003300
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003301 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003302 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3303 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3304 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3305 will become available only after programming the
3306 memory controller and running certain initialization
3307 sequences.
3308
3309 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3310 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3311 - MPC824X: data cache
3312 - PPC4xx: data cache
3313
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003314- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003315
3316 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003317 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3318 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003319 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003320 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003321 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3322 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3323 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003324
3325 Note:
3326 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3327 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003328 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003329 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3330 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3331
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003332- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003333
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003334- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003335
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003336- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003337
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003338- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003340- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003342- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003343
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003344- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003345 SDRAM timing
3346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003347- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003348 periodic timer for refresh
3349
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003350- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003351
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003352- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3353 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3354 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3355 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003356 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3357
3358- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003359 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3360 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003361 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3362
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003363- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3364 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003365 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3366 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3367
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003368- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003369 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3370 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3371
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003372- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003373 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3374 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3375
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003376- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003377 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3378 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3379
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003380- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003381 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3382 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3383 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3384
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003385- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003386 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3387 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3388 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3389 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003390
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003391- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3392 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3393 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3394 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3395 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3396 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3397 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3398 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003399 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003400
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003401- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3402 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3403 required.
3404
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003405- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3406 Chip has SRIO or not
3407
3408- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3409 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3410
3411- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3412 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3413
3414- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3415 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3416
3417- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3418 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3419
3420- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3421 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3422
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003423- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3424 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3425 16 bit bus.
3426
3427- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3428 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3429 a default value will be used.
3430
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003431- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003432 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3433 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3434
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003435 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3436 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3437
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003438- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003439 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3440 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3441 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003442
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003443- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3444 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3445 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3446 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3447 header files or board specific files.
3448
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003449- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3450 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3451
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003452- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003453 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3454 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003455
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003456- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3457 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3458
3459- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3460 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003461 to the given FEC; i. e.
3462 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003463 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3464
3465 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3466
3467- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3468 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3469 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3470
3471- CONFIG_RMII
3472 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3473 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3474 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3475
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003476- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3477 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3478 The syntax is:
3479
3480 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3481
3482 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3483 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3484 area should have.
3485
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003486- CONFIG_LOOPW
3487 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003488 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003489
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003490- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3491 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3492 "md/mw" commands.
3493 Examples:
3494
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003495 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003496 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3497
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003498 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003499 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3500
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003501 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003502 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003503
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003504- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003505 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003506 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3507 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3508 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003509
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003510 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3511 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3512 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3513 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003514
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003515- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003516 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3517 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3518 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003519
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003520- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3521 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3522 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3523 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3524 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3525
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003526Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3527-----------------------------------
3528
3529The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3530loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3531This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3532are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3533within that device.
3534
3535- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3536 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3537 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3538 is also specified.
3539
3540- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3541 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3542 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3543 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3544 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3545
3546- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3547 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3548 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3549 virtual address in NOR flash.
3550
3551- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3552 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3553 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3554
3555- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3556 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3557 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3558
3559- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3560 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3561 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3562
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003563- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3564 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3565 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003566 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3567 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3568 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003569
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003570Building the Software:
3571======================
3572
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003573Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3574and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3575all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3576(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3577recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3578which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003579
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003580If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3581have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3582you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3583Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3584necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003585
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003586 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3587 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003588
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003589Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3590 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3591 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3592 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3593
3594 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3595
3596 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3597 be executed on computers running Windows.
3598
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003599U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3600sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003601is done by typing:
3602
3603 make NAME_config
3604
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003605where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003606rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003608Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3609 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3610 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3611 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003612 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003614 make TQM823L_config
3615 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003616
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003617 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3618 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003620 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003621
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003622
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003623Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3624images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003625
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003626- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3627- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3628- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003629
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003630By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3631in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3632this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3633
36341. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3635
3636 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3637 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3638 make O=/tmp/build all
3639
36402. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3641
3642 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3643 make distclean
3644 make NAME_config
3645 make all
3646
3647Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3648variable.
3649
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003651Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3652for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3653native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003654
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003655
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003656If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3657to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3658steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000036601. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003661 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
3662 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000036632. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3664 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3665 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
36663. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3667 your board
36683. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3669 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
36704. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
36715. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3672 to be installed on your target system.
36736. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3674 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003675
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003676
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003677Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3678==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003679
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003680If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3681or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003682provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3683the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003684official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003685
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003686But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3687cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003688the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3689just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003690for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3691select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3692environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3693you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003695 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003696
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003697or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003699 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003700
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003701When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3702U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3703setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3704built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3705<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3706location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3707variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003708
3709 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3710 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3711 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3712
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003713With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3714log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3715during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003716
3717
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003718See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003719
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003720
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003721Monitor Commands - Overview:
3722============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003724go - start application at address 'addr'
3725run - run commands in an environment variable
3726bootm - boot application image from memory
3727bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003728bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003729tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3730 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3731 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003732tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003733rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3734diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3735loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3736loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3737md - memory display
3738mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3739nm - memory modify (constant address)
3740mw - memory write (fill)
3741cp - memory copy
3742cmp - memory compare
3743crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003744i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003745sspi - SPI utility commands
3746base - print or set address offset
3747printenv- print environment variables
3748setenv - set environment variables
3749saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3750protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3751erase - erase FLASH memory
3752flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3753bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3754iminfo - print header information for application image
3755coninfo - print console devices and informations
3756ide - IDE sub-system
3757loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003758loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003759mtest - simple RAM test
3760icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3761dcache - enable or disable data cache
3762reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3763echo - echo args to console
3764version - print monitor version
3765help - print online help
3766? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003767
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003768
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003769Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3770========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003771
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003772TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003774For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003775
3776
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003777Environment Variables:
3778======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003779
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003780U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3781can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003782
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003783Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3784"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3785without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3786environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3787working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3788environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003789
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003790Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3791
3792List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003794 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003796 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003797
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003798 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003800 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003802 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003803
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003804 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3805 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3806 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3807 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3808 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3809 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003810 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3811 bootm_mapsize.
3812
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003813 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003814 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3815 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3816 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3817 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3818 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3819 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003820
3821 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3822 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3823 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3824 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3825 environment variable.
3826
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003827 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3828 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3829 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003831 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3832 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3833 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3834 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003835
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003836 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3837 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3838 be automatically started (by internally calling
3839 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003840
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003841 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3842 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3843 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3844 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3845 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003846
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003847 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3848 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003849 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3850 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3851 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3852 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3853 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3854 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3855 access it during the boot procedure.
3856
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003857 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3858 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3859 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3860 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3861 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3862 must be accessible by the kernel.
3863
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003864 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3865 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3866 defined.
3867
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003868 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3869 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3870 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3871 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3872 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3873
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003874 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3875 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3876 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3877 is usually what you want since it allows for
3878 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3879 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003880 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003881 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3882 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3883 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3884 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003885
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003886 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3887 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3888 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3889 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3890 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3891 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003892
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003893 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003895 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3896 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3897 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3898 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3899 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3900 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3901 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003903 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003904
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003905 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3906 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003908 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003910 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003911
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003912 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003914 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003915
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003916 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003917
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003918 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003919
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003920 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3921 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003922
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003923 => setenv ethact FEC
3924 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3925 => setenv ethact SCC
3926 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003927
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003928 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3929 available network interfaces.
3930 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3931
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003932 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003933 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3934 When set to "once" the network operation will
3935 fail when all the available network interfaces
3936 are tried once without success.
3937 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3938 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003940 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003941
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003942 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003943 UDP source port.
3944
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003945 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
3946 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3947
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003948 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3949 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3950
3951 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3952 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3953 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3954 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3955 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3956 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3957 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3958
3959 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003960 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003961 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003962
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003963The following image location variables contain the location of images
3964used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3965not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3966variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3967server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3968loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3969flash or offset in NAND flash.
3970
3971*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
3972boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
3973boards use these variables for other purposes.
3974
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003975Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3976----- --------- ----------- --------------
3977u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3978Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3979device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3980ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003982The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3983updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3984depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003986 bootfile - see above
3987 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3988 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3989 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3990 hostname - Target hostname
3991 ipaddr - see above
3992 netmask - Subnet Mask
3993 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3994 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003995
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003996
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003997There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003999 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4000 as type string and/or serial number
4001 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004002
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004003These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4004the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4005once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004006
4007
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004008Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004009
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004010 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4011 with the "version" command. This variable is
4012 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004014
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004015Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4016only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004017
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004018
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004019Command Line Parsing:
4020=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004022There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4023the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004025Old, simple command line parser:
4026--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004028- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4029- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004030- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004031- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4032 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004033 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004034- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4035 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004036
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004037Hush shell:
4038-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004039
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004040- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4041 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4042 until...do...done, ...
4043- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4044 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4045 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4046 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004048General rules:
4049--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004050
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004051(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4052 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4053 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4054 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004055
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004056(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004057 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004058 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4059 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004060
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004061Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4062=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004063
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004064Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004065such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4066"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004068Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4069MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4070"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004072If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4073in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4074ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4075variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004076
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004077o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4078 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004079
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004080o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4081 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4082 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004083
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004084o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4085 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004087o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4088 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4089 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004091o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4092 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004093
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004094If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004095will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004096may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4097The naming convention is as follows:
4098"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004099
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004100Image Formats:
4101==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004102
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004103U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4104images in two formats:
4105
4106New uImage format (FIT)
4107-----------------------
4108
4109Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4110to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4111components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4112SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4113
4114
4115Old uImage format
4116-----------------
4117
4118Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4119preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4120details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004122* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4123 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004124 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4125 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4126 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004127* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004128 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4129 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004130* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4131* Load Address
4132* Entry Point
4133* Image Name
4134* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004135
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004136The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4137and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4138CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004139
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004141Linux Support:
4142==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004144Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4145easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4146U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004148U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4149special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4150"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4151instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4152serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004154- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4155 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4156 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004157
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004158- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4159 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004160
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004161- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4162 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4163 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4164 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4165 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4166 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004167
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004168
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004169Linux HOWTO:
4170============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004171
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004172Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4173---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004174
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004175U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4176configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4177(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4178Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004179
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004180But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004182Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4183include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004184Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4185and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004186as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004187
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004188
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004189Configuring the Linux kernel:
4190-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004191
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004192No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4193device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004194
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004195
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004196Building a Linux Image:
4197-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004199With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4200not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4201"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4202U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4203which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4204100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004206Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004207
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004208 make TQM850L_config
4209 make oldconfig
4210 make dep
4211 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004213The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4214encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4215CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004216
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004217* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004219* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004220
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004221 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4222 -R .note -R .comment \
4223 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004224
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004225* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004227 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004229* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004230
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004231 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4232 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4233 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004234
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004235
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004236The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4237with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4238combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4239byte header containing information about target architecture,
4240operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4241stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004242
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004243"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4244print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004245
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004246In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4247contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4248checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004249
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004250 tools/mkimage -l image
4251 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004253The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4254from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004255
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004256 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4257 -n name -d data_file image
4258 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4259 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4260 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4261 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4262 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4263 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4264 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4265 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004266
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004267Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4268address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4269kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004271- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4272- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004273
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004274So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004276 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4277 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004278 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004279 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4280 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4281 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4282 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4283 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4284 Load Address: 0x00000000
4285 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004287To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004289 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4290 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4291 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4292 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4293 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4294 Load Address: 0x00000000
4295 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004296
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004297NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4298speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4299needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4300need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004301
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004302 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004303 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4304 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004305 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004306 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4307 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4308 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4309 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4310 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4311 Load Address: 0x00000000
4312 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004313
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004315Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4316when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004317
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004318 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4319 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4320 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4321 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4322 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4323 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4324 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4325 Load Address: 0x00000000
4326 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004327
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004329Installing a Linux Image:
4330-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004331
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004332To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4333you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004335 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004336
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004337The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4338image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4339address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4340specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4341command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004343Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4344TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004345
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004346 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004347
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004348 .......... done
4349 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004351 => loads 40100000
4352 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4353 ~>examples/image.srec
4354 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4355 ...
4356 15989 15990 15991 15992
4357 [file transfer complete]
4358 [connected]
4359 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004360
4361
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004362You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004363this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004364corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004366 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004368 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4369 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4370 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4371 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4372 Load Address: 00000000
4373 Entry Point: 0000000c
4374 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004375
4376
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004377Boot Linux:
4378-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004380The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4381memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4382of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4383parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4384"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004385
4386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004387 => printenv bootargs
4388 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004390 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004391
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004392 => printenv bootargs
4393 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004394
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004395 => bootm 40020000
4396 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4397 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4398 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4399 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4400 Load Address: 00000000
4401 Entry Point: 0000000c
4402 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4403 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4404 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4405 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4406 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4407 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4408 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4409 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004410
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004411If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004412the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4413format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004415 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004416
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004417 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4418 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4419 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4420 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4421 Load Address: 00000000
4422 Entry Point: 0000000c
4423 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004425 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4426 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4427 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4428 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4429 Load Address: 00000000
4430 Entry Point: 00000000
4431 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004432
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004433 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4434 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4435 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4436 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4437 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4438 Load Address: 00000000
4439 Entry Point: 0000000c
4440 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4441 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4442 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4443 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4444 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4445 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4446 Load Address: 00000000
4447 Entry Point: 00000000
4448 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4449 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4450 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4451 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4452 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4453 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4454 ...
4455 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4456 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004457
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004458 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004459
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004460Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4461-----------
4462
4463First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4464titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4465following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4466flat device tree:
4467
4468=> print oftaddr
4469oftaddr=0x300000
4470=> print oft
4471oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4472=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4473Speed: 1000, full duplex
4474Using TSEC0 device
4475TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4476Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4477Load address: 0x300000
4478Loading: #
4479done
4480Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4481=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4482Speed: 1000, full duplex
4483Using TSEC0 device
4484TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4485Filename 'uImage'.
4486Load address: 0x200000
4487Loading:############
4488done
4489Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4490=> print loadaddr
4491loadaddr=200000
4492=> print oftaddr
4493oftaddr=0x300000
4494=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4495## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004496 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4497 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4498 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004499 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004500 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004501 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4502 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4503Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4504Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4505Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4506[snip]
4507
4508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004509More About U-Boot Image Types:
4510------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004512U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004513
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004514 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4515 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4516 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4517 the Standalone Program.
4518 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4519 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4520 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4521 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4522 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4523 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4524 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4525 being started.
4526 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4527 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4528 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4529 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4530 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4531 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004533 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4534 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4535 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4536 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4537 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4538 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004540 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4541 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4542 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004544 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4545 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4546 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4547 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004548
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004549Booting the Linux zImage:
4550-------------------------
4551
4552On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4553using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4554as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4555
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004556Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply
4557kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4558address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4559format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4560
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004561
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004562Standalone HOWTO:
4563=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004564
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004565One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4566run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4567U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004568
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004569Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004570
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004571"Hello World" Demo:
4572-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004573
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004574'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4575application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4576It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4577like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004579 => loads
4580 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4581 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4582 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4583 [file transfer complete]
4584 [connected]
4585 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004587 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4588 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4589 Hello World
4590 argc = 7
4591 argv[0] = "40004"
4592 argv[1] = "Hello"
4593 argv[2] = "World!"
4594 argv[3] = "This"
4595 argv[4] = "is"
4596 argv[5] = "a"
4597 argv[6] = "test."
4598 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4599 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004601 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004602
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004603Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4604handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4605Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4606The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4607character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4608controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004610 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4611 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4612 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4613 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004615 => loads
4616 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4617 ~>examples/timer.srec
4618 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4619 [file transfer complete]
4620 [connected]
4621 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004623 => go 40004
4624 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4625 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4626 Using timer 1
4627 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004628
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004629Hit 'b':
4630 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4631 Enabling timer
4632Hit '?':
4633 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4634 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4635Hit '?':
4636 [q, b, e, ?] .
4637 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4638Hit '?':
4639 [q, b, e, ?] .
4640 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4641Hit '?':
4642 [q, b, e, ?] .
4643 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4644Hit 'e':
4645 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4646Hit 'q':
4647 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004648
4649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650Minicom warning:
4651================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004652
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004653Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4654"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4655consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4656Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4657especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
4658use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004660Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4661configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004662
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004663 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4664 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4665 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004666
4667
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004668NetBSD Notes:
4669=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004670
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004671Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4672(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004673
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004674Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4675NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4676need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4677Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4678attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4679missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004681 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4682 # mkdir powerpc
4683 # ln -s powerpc machine
4684 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4685 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004687Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4688and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004690Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4691stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4692proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4693tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004694meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004695
4696
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004697Implementation Internals:
4698=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004699
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004700The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4701implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4702inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4703hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004704
4705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706Initial Stack, Global Data:
4707---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4710starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4711system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4712This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4713is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4714at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4715options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4716models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4717MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4718locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004719
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004720 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004721 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004723 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4724 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4725 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4726 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004728 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4729 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4730 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4731 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4732 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004733 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004734 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4735 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004736
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004737 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4738 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004739 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004740 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4741 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4742 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4743 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004744
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004745 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4747 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004748 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4750 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4751 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4752 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4753 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004754
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004755 -Chris Hallinan
4756 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004757
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004758It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4759code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004760
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4762 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004763
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004764* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004765 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4766 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004768* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4769 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004770
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004771Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4772normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4773turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4774simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4775functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4776functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4777the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4778place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4779reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004780
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004781When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4782relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4783GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004784
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004785For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4786 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004787 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004788 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4789 R5-R10: parameter passing
4790 R13: small data area pointer
4791 R30: GOT pointer
4792 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004793
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004794 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4795 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4796 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004797
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004798 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004800 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4801 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4802 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4803 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4804 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4805 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004807On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004808 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4809
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004810 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004812On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004813
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004814 R0: function argument word/integer result
4815 R1-R3: function argument word
4816 R9: GOT pointer
4817 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4818 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4819 R12: temporary workspace
4820 R13: stack pointer
4821 R14: link register
4822 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004823
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004824 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004825
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004826On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4827 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4828
4829 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4830
4831 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4832 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4833
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004834On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4835
4836 R0-R1: argument/return
4837 R2-R5: argument
4838 R15: temporary register for assembler
4839 R16: trampoline register
4840 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4841 R29: global pointer (GP)
4842 R30: link register (LP)
4843 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4844 PC: program counter (PC)
4845
4846 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4847
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004848NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4849or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004850
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004851Memory Management:
4852------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004854U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4855MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004856
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004857The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4858controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4859memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4860physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004861
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004862U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4863TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4864booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4865to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004866memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004867configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4868Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004870Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4871of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004872
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004873So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4874this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004875
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004876 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4877 :
4878 0x0000 1FFF
4879 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4880 :
4881 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004882
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004883 :
4884 :
4885 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4886 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4887 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4888 :
4889 0x00FD FFFF
4890 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4891 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4892 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4893 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004894
4895
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004896System Initialization:
4897----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004899In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004900(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004901configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
4902To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4903To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4904initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
4905which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
4906part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
4907the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004908
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004909Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4910preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4911(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4912on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4913programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4914simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4915banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004916
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004917When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4918different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4919bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
49200x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4921contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4924and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4925Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4926pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004927
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004928Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4929until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4930running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4931new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004932
4933
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004934U-Boot Porting Guide:
4935----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4938list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004939
4940
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004941int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004942{
4943 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004944
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004945 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4946 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004947
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004948 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004949 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004950 return 0;
4951 }
4952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004953 Download latest U-Boot source;
4954
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004955 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004956
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004957 if (clueless)
4958 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004959
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004960 while (learning) {
4961 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004962 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4963 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004964 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004965 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004966 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004968 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4969 Buy a BDI3000;
4970 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004971 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004972
4973 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4974 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4975 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4976 } else {
4977 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4978 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004979 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004980 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4981 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004982
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004983 while (!accepted) {
4984 while (!running) {
4985 do {
4986 Add / modify source code;
4987 } until (compiles);
4988 Debug;
4989 if (clueless)
4990 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4991 }
4992 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4993 if (reasonable critiques)
4994 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4995 else
4996 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004997 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004999 return 0;
5000}
5001
5002void no_more_time (int sig)
5003{
5004 hire_a_guru();
5005}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005006
5007
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005008Coding Standards:
5009-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005010
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005011All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005012coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005013"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005014
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005015Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5016MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5017reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5018sources.
5019
5020Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5021Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5022in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005023
5024Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5025- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005026- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005027- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005028- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005029- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5030
5031Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5032with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005033
5034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035Submitting Patches:
5036-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005038Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5039establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5040may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005041
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005042Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005043
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005044Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5045see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5046
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005047When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5048it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005049
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005050* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5051 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5052 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005053
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005054* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5055 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005056
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005057* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5058
5059* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5060
5061* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005062 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005063
5064* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5065 document these in the README file.
5066
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005067* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5068 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005069 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005070 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5071 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005072
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005073 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5074 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5075 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005076
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005077 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5078 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5079 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5080 affected files).
5081
5082 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5083 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005084
5085* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5086 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5087
5088* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5089 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5090
5091
5092Notes:
5093
5094* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5095 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5096 for any of the boards.
5097
5098* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5099 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5100 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5101
5102* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5103 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5104 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5105 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5106 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5107 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005108
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005109* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5110 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5111 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5112 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.